人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)56700

合集下载

人教版七年级英语阅读理解及完型填空训练附答案

人教版七年级英语阅读理解及完型填空训练附答案

人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I. A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,〞“ He has a green thumb,〞“He has told a little white lie〞and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean" Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one. Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie"Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.〞That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way"What is the best way to learn a foreign language" We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time.__9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat.A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits" Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only fe el it. We can feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_"Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel" _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat〞is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night" They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they e back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat〞means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. bee B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink"Why do people drink" Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers〞. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland,most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English" It’s difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their_8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a personwants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to e. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断以下句子正〔T〕误〔F〕( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China. ( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first. ( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!〞But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.〞After a _6_ years Einstein bees a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.〞1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do"〞as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation" It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.〞“Only she likes apples.〞“I have seen the film already.〞“I have already seen the film.〞When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.〞_______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.〞B. is different from “Only she likes apples.〞C. means “She likes fruit except apples.〞D. means “She doesn’t like apples.〞5. Which is the best title for this passage"A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t mean they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite" Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost.You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter〞, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke"〞before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening" Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you〞letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American peoplesay “thank you, thank you, thank you.〞all the time.1. If your English or A merican friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invit ed to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right"A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you〞letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike_9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people e to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders e on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell"A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again"A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month"B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why"B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you"A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer"A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air isalso around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_" Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel" What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. e D. to e5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds e and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot3. English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them ____.A. in a rainy morningB. in a sunny morningC. in a snowy morningD. A,B and C4. In England, which is not true"。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练附答案

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练附答案

精品文档阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What's a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is bluetoday,”“He has a green thumb,”“He has told a little white lie”and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimesmeans sad. Yellow…afraid. A person with a green thumbgrows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one. Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In factyou don't like it, but you won't say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I'm not hungry.”That's a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD.poor2. I don't have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD.afraid4. He didn't like me to know the ____of the accident. Hetold me a white lie.精品文档.精品文档A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD.answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD.whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won't seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something,it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. Itis talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a secondlanguage like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D.6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. 精品文档.精品文档danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health anda strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweetsand ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat themat the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal,may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat ourmeal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man wastelling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn't telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.精品文档.精品文档1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD.save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies hecan _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking forice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk andplay. From the time we are born air is around us on everyside. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can't live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are精品文档.精品文档working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep,we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can't see it. We can only feel it. We can feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind.How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel isair.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won't C. can'tD. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved精品文档.精品文档10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can't see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat”is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkestnights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat's radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, hemakes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If thesounds hit things they come back. The bat's ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat wherethe things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the batsas bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. theradarC. a blind manD. the batused for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast精品文档.精品文档3. “As blind as a bat”means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able tosee wellC. not able to see wellD. lame inthe right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sunsets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house,give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_. Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Covera fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air 精品文档.精品文档away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catchD. bring2. A. also B. neither C. tooD. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothesD. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing atD. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paperD. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changesD. got7. A. much B. plenty C. manyD.lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be carefulD.be careful with9. A. in B. with C. byD.use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makesD.takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3精品文档.精品文档000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia areall larger than the nation's capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, butseveral cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities,but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of theD. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB.eightymillion精品文档.精品文档C. eight millionD. eightyhundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can't be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don't need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say_7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places wheredrinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places itseems that many people drink more often than they reallyneed to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirstyD. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. onlyD. alone3. A. shall B. must C. shouldD. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. themD. another5. A. drink B. eat C. tasteD. have6. A. during B. a C. toD. by精品文档.精品文档7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say oftenD. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sellD. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. manyD. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities andindustrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities andtowns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people –less than 2% of the population ---- arefarmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live inEngland. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland's population of 5 million livein the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south精品文档.精品文档have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million peoplelive in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC.crowded D. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the Unitedkingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city ofthe United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one partof the United Kingdom精品文档.精品文档B. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English_3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It's difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ peoplelearnEnglish because _7_ useful for their work. Many studentsoften learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ thecollege some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart intoit.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselvesD. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few ofD. little of3. A. of B. with C. onD. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answeredD. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctorsD. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lotD. A little7. A. it's B. its C. they'reD. their精品文档.精品文档8. A. lower B. longer C. shorterD. higher9. A. near B. at C. onD. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are writtenD. is written11. A. in B. with C. onD. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busyD. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothingD. some14. A. in B. on C. overD. of15. A. keep B. put C. takeD. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has tostop and look to the right first and then the left. While inChina, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how totake buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going 精品文档.精品文档and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China.( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in Englanddo not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses. ( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don't have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn't _4_. Nobody_5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist.But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn't buy a new one._9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read 精品文档.精品文档2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looksat3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever toput an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?”as anexample. If you look up each word in the dictionary, oneat a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It's important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can't understand the speaker's sentence easily. Sometimes精品文档.精品文档when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn't change. Let's see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.”“Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.”“I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your bestto get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn't put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changeswith the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning ofan English sentence精品文档.精品文档C. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning ofthesentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.”_______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn't like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn't _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn't look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like hisparents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects –a lotof bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over精品文档.精品文档2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friendsto a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don't invite you home. It doesn't mean they don't like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It's polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a 精品文档.精品文档book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you likethe room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember –not to ask how much things cost.You'll probably start the meal with soup, or somethingsmall as a “starter”, then you'll have meat or fishwith vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It's polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “Do you mind if I smoke?”beforethey take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you”letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.”all the time.1. If your English or American friends don't invite you todinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don't like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don't want to make friends with youD. it doesn't show they don't like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend's home,____.A. you shouldn't take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with you精品文档.精品文档D. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it's not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food onyour plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can'tarrive before the time.C. You mustn't smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You'd better write a short “thank you”letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. 精品文档.精品文档Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn't like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn't at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan's home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D.oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of精品文档.精品文档the field. They have four chances to move the ball tenyards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the otherteam try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to theother team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team.Young men and women called cheerleaders come on thefield to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. Theseason begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see thesegames and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throwthe ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the 精品文档.精品文档other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year's DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it's the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It's too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.精品文档.精品文档1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don't like B. to like C. liked D.like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don't like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During thisholiday, students often travel or have summer work.Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied 精品文档.精品文档two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary's friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary's friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary's friendC. a gasoline stationD. an Americancity4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn't need to pay for anything精品文档.精品文档B. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It's around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it's around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can't live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, butwecan't live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air. We live in air, but we can't _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air_12_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? Whatyou feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little 精品文档.精品文档8. A. less B. much C. many D. more。

人教出版七学年英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案解析)

人教出版七学年英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案解析)

人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I. A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,”“He has a green thumb,”“He has told a little white lie”and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow…afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.”That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets andice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We can feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat”is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat”means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering topeople. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970,its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D.C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. T oday very few people –less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train theyshould take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China.( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?”as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the twosentences.“She only likes apples.”“Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.”“I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.”_______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects –a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t mean they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember –not to ask how much things cost.You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “Do you mind if I smoke?”before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you”letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.”all the time.1. If your English or American friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you”letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. T oday C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season beginsin September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studiedtwo courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,”“ He has a green thumb,”“He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid. A personwith a green thumb grows plants well. And a whitelie is not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes.In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.”That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of theaccident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man wastelling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want toeat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking forice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us.When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live_2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. Whenwe are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We can feel it when it is moving. Moving airis called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. belowD. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’tD. lively5. A. out of B. with C. withoutD. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D.less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In theday-time they hang in some dark places. Somepeople have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. thebat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can_6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catchD. bring2. A. also B. neither C. tooD. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothesD. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing atD. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changesD. got7. A. much B. plenty C. manyD. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be carefulD. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. byD. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makesD. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States. New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of theD. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see_4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. onlyD. alone3. A. shall B. must C. shouldD. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. themD. another5. A. drink B. eat C. tasteD. have6. A. during B. a C. toD. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say oftenD. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sellD. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. manyD. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city ofabout 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small cityof the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects._6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their_8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselvesD. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few ofD. little of3. A. of B. with C. onD. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answeredD. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctorsD. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lotD. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’reD. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorterD. higher9. A. near B. at C. onD. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. onD. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busyD. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothingD. some14. A. in B. on C. overD. of15. A. keep B. put C. takeD. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. Themost important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China.( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses. ( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coatis!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D.read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. NobodyD. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.”“Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.”“I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tailgets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects. 1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortestD. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. Itdoesn’t mean they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present. Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost. You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?”before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or American friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you”letter to your hosts or give them a call if you wantto be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joanis fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was_8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’shome to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D.was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell. Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow verymuch. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. haveD. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. FebruaryD. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. tocome5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. alittle8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. Inthe morning the weather is warm like in spring.After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a。

人版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an examp le for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air. All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We can fee l it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they areuseful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 peoplelived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the_2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we doin China.( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own la nguage. Take the sentence “How do you do?” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.” “Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.” “I have already seen the film.” When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spiritof the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shou ldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t mean they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost. You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or somethin g small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?” before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American p eople say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or American friends don’t invite you to dinner t home,____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to ma ke friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry theball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we wereborn, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot3. English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them ____.A. in a rainy morningB. in a sunny morning。

人教版本初中七年级的英语阅读理解与完型填空训练附包括答案.docx

人教版本初中七年级的英语阅读理解与完型填空训练附包括答案.docx

阅读理解与完型填空练训训练I.A.What ’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as―She is blue today,‖ ―He has a gree thumb, ‖ ―He has told a little white lie‖and so on. And she went to her teacher forhelp.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow?afraid.A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an example for―a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’tlike it, but you won ’tsay it. Instead, you say,―No, thanks, I’m not hungry.‖That’s a white li1.Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor 2.I don ’thave a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3.Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4.He didn ’tlike me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5.He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB.What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt__1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language inthe __3__ way, it won ’tseem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listensto what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, ithas to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ thetime. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1.A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2.A. the B. a C. an D. /3.A. other B. same C. different D. easy4.A. does B. do C. did D. doing5.A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6.A. for B. on C. about D. with7.A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8.A. in B. all C. for D. on9.A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A.Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There aretimes when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice.Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of themeal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important forus to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we maynot want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether aman was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallowthe bread, it was sign that he wasn ’ttelling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry.Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.2.Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time3.It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry4.We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready5.According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily6.A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working o r r u n ning we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’tsee it. We can only feel it. l Witewchaennfiet eis’tmoving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. Whatcan you feel? _10_ you feel is air.6.A. as B. after C. because D. since7.A. under B. in C. below D. with8.A. live B. living C. alive D. with4.A. can B. won ’t C. can ’t D. lively11.A. out of B. with C. without D. out12.A. water B. air C. food D. wind7.A. more B. most C. many D. few8.A. least B. much C. no D. less9.A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练 III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’ t see very well. It waslong believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind.― Blind as a boften heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding theirway around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat ’ s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As abat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If thesounds hit things they come back. The bat’ s ears receive the messages. In this waythey are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places.9. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis10. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3.― As blind as a bat‖ means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot13.Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A.they have very poor sightB.they have a kind of radar system to help themC.they have to look for foodD.they can see things in the dark nights14.Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB.About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Firecan heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like_4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire andkills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring11.A. also B. neither C. too D. either12.A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food13.A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with14.A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece15.A. become B. turn C. changes D. got16.A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots17.A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be carefulwith18.A. in B. with C. by D. use 10. A,keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练 IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.11. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more12. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops13. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.14. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundred’sB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’ t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they oftendrink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’ t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countriespeople say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_― Cheers‖ . In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.19.A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst20.A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone21.A. shall B. must C. should D. ought22.A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another23.A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have24.A. during B. a C. to D. by25.A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something26.A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often27.A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent28.A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练 V.A.PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big populationfor such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most ofthe population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today veryfew people –less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’ s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There areonly about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live inand around the big industrial city of Belfast.16. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people17. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers18. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new19. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth20. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB.Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school,others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’ s difficult _4_ that question.Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1.A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2.A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3.A. of B. with C. on D. in4.A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5.A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6.A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7.A. it’ s B. its C. they ’ re D. their21.A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher22.A. near B. at C. on D. in front of23.A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written24.A. in B. with C. on D. from25.A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy26.A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14.A. in B. on C. over D. of15.A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练 VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误( F)() 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China.() 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the leftfirst.() 3.Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.() 4.When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction itis going.() 5.After they get on a bus, visitors don’ t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him,―Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is‖!But Einstein answers, ―It doesn ’t_4_. Nobody _5_ me here ‖.After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the oldcoat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, ―I needn ’tbuy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here‖.29.A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read30.A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at31.A. clean B. long C. new D. old32.A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks27.A. lot B. litter C. few D. many28.A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on29.A. good B. new C. big D. old30.A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody31.A. you B. I C. me D. us训练 VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence,word for word, into your own l anguage. Take the sentence― How do you do?‖ as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is yourtranslation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are differnet in many ways. It’ s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If thespeakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’ t understand the speaker sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence ischanged, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed,the meaning of the sentence doesn’ t change. Let’ s see the difference between the twosentences.― She only likes apples.‖― Only she likes apples.‖― I have seen the film already.‖― I have already seen the film.‖When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit ofthe language and use it as the English speakers does.16.From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A.we shouldn ’ t put every word into own languageB.we should look up every word in the dictionaryC.we need to put every word into our own languageD.we must read word by word17.The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A.difficult to understand different soundsB.possible to remember the word orderC.important to master the rules in different waysD.easy to master the rules for word order18.We can learn from the passage that ____.A.the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB.the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different33.― She only likes apples.‖ _______.A. is the same as― Only she likes apples.B. is different from― Only she likes apples.C. means― She likes fruit except apples.D. means― She doesn’ t like apples.‖ 5. Which is the best title for this passage?‖‖‖A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He does’nt _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he does ’ntlook _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to_10_ a lot of insects –a lot of bad insects.32.A. in B. on C. near D. over33.A. house B. home C. family D. school34.A. knows B. know C. see D. like35.A. in B. before C. with D. behind36.A. likes B. as C. for D. like37.A. no B. not C. not some D. no any38.A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby39.A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest40.A. two B. four C. six D. eight41.A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练 VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. Youshould not be upset if your English friends don’ t invite you home. It doesn’ t they don’ t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Askyour hosts what time you should arrive. It’ s p olieterst,ocbhroincgolfalotews, abook or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictureson the wall. But remember–not to ask how much things cost.You ’ ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small asa― starter‖ ,you ’ ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. Itpolite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Somepeople eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask ―Do you mind if I smoke? ‖before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them ashort ―thank you ‖letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English andAmpeeriocapnlesay―thank you, thank you, thank you.‖all the time.34. If your English or American friends don’tinvite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’tlike youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’twaanktetofrimends with youD. it doesn’tshow they don’tlike you35. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’ttake anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you36. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast37.In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A.desert — meat — or fish with vegetables — coffee — soupB.coffee — soup — desert — meat or fish with vegetablesC.soup — meat or fish with vegetable — desert — coffeeD.meat or fish with vegetables — dessert — soup — coffee38.Which is not right?A.In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinnerparty at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can ’tarrive before the time.C. You mustn ’tsmokeafter a meal when you are with some English or Americanpeople.D. You ’d better write a short―thank you‖letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn ’tlike it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan was ’ntat school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan ’shome to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.42.A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys43.A. on B. at C. in D. to44.A. park B. school C. here D. home45.A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest46.A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus47.A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers39.A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time40.A. bad B. ill C. good D. well41.A, is B. are C. were D. was42.A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练 IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw theball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it tothe end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the manwho has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ballto the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. Theyall yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders comeon the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.48. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball49. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end50.Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A.The cheerleadersB.All those who are watching the gameC.The winnersD.The players of both sides51.Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter52. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’ s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A:_1_ is your favourite month?B:My favourite month is _2_.A:Why?B:Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen inthe _4_ air. So I think it ’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A:I _7_ it. It ’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often goswimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1.A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2.A. December B. March C. May D. September3.A. don ’tlike B. to like C. liked D. like4.A. out B. open C. close D. nice5.A. good B. better C. best D. bad53.A. are B. about C. of D. for54.A. like B. don ’tlike C. have D. not like55.A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot56.A. January B. April C. February D. July57.A. and B. with C. like D. to训练 X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually fromJune to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work.Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in asummer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary ’ s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made alot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year.He needs money for the university tuition.19.In America, from June to September ____.A.most school students take courses in universitiesB.all school students are still at schoolC.more school students stay at homeD.there are still lessons in summer schools20. Peter, one of Mary’ s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student21. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’ s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city22.What did Peter do last summer?A.He worked at a gasoline stationB.He traveled with his familyC.He studied in a summer schoolD.He visited some interesting places23.Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A.he didn ’ t need to pay for anythingB.his parents asked him to do soC.he needed money for his summer workD.he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It ’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down,’ist around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’tlive _6_ air. We can go without foodor water for _7_ days, but we can ’tlive without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t_9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is_11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel?What you feel is the air.1.A. with B. by C. around D. over2.A. because B. if C. when D. but3.A. each B. both C. every D. all4.A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5.A. want B. need C. get D. take6.A. with B. no C. not D. without7.A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8.A. less B. much C. many D. more9.A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10.A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11.A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12.A. move B. run C. walk D. go13.A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练 XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoonit will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day. In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’ t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.58. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer59. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解及完型填空训练附答案

人教版七年级英语阅读理解及完型填空训练附答案

人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I. A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,”“ He has a green thumb,”“He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean? Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one. Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt__1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice.Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We can feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they e back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. bee B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to e. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China. ( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein bees a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.”“Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.”“I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs,but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t mean they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures onthe wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost.You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?” before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or American friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people e to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders e on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after theseason ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen inthe _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming_10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money andsaved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. e D. to e5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds e and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot3. English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them ____.A. in a rainy morningB. in a sunny morningC. in a snowy morningD. A,B and C。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb," “He has told a little white lie” and so on。

And she went to her teacher for help。

Mary:Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences。

What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad。

Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one. Mary:W ould you give me an example for “a white lie? Mrs Smith:Certainly,now I give you some cakes. In fact you don't like it,but you won’t say it。

Instead,you say,“No,thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1。

Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A。

good B. spoken C. usual D. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb,so all my plants____。

A. die off B。

grow well C. look nice D. are good3。

【英语】人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练附答案

【英语】人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练附答案

【关键字】英语人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give yo u some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thu mb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal,they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t livefor more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We can feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sou nds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like_4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people do n’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers. England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that qu estion. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China. ( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.” “Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.” “I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. i s different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t meanth ey don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost.You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?” before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short“thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or American friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to g o to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. I f you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming_10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air isaround us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day. In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. Soin winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot3. English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them ____.A. in a rainy morningB. in a sunny morningC. in a snowy morningD. A,B and C。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean? Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid.A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one. Mary: Would you give me an example fo r “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth.A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We can feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sound s hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like_4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’t n eed anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers. England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that quest ion. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China. ( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, t he meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.” “Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.” “I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of thelanguage and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t mean t hey don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost.You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?” before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or America n friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or Americanpeople.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming_10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made alot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day. In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot3. English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them ____.A. in a rainy morningB. in a sunny morningC. in a snowy morningD. A,B and C4. In England, which is not true?A. People can have four seasons in a dayB. The weather is warm in the morning and soon it will be cold in the dayC. People take an umbrella in the rainy morningD. If you don’t take an umbrella or raincoat, you will regret later in the day5. From the story we know that when ____come, there is a heavy rain.A. sun and snowB. black cloudsC. spring and autumnD. summer and winterB.Welcome to Bridge Street. Bridge Street is a great place to enjoy _1_. There are _2_ stores and shops on it. It is a very _3_ street. If you want to _4_ you can go to the video arcade. It is _5_ from the big supermarket. There is also a new park _6_ the supermarket. It is _7_ and quiet. You can _8_ your lunch in it. If you want to see _9_ you can to go the movie house. It is _10_ the supermarket and the park.1. A. yourself B. yours C. your D. you2. A. a lots of B. a lot of C. lot of D. a lot3. A. dirty B. small C. busy D. quiet。

人教版七年级语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean? Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid.A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one. Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth.A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We c an feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like_4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English peo ple don’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers. England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that question.Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China. ( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.” “Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.” “I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t mean they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost.You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Somepeople eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?” before they take out their cigaret tes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or American friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen inthe _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming_10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day. In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. Soin winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附问题详解)

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附问题详解)

阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean? Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid.A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one. Mary: Would you give me an examp le for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth.A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We can fee l it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like_4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people do n’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers. England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China. ( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.” “Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.” “I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of thelanguage and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t me an they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost.You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?” before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or Ame rican friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or Americanpeople.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming_10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made alot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day. In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot3. English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them ____.A. in a rainy morningB. in a sunny morningC. in a snowy morningD. A,B and C4. In England, which is not true?A. People can have four seasons in a dayB. The weather is warm in the morning and soon it will be cold in the dayC. People take an umbrella in the rainy morningD. If you don’t take an umbrella or raincoat, you will regret later in the day5. From the story we know that when ____come, there is a heavy rain.A. sun and snowB. black cloudsC. spring and autumnD. summer and winterB.Welcome to Bridge Street. Bridge Street is a great place to enjoy _1_. There are _2_ stores and shops on it. It is a very _3_ street. If you want to _4_ you can go to the video arcade. It is _5_ from the big supermarket. There is also a new park _6_ the supermarket. It is _7_ and quiet. You can _8_ your lunch in it. If you want to see _9_ you can to go the movie house. It is _10_ the supermarket and the park.1. A. yourself B. yours C. your D. you2. A. a lots of B. a lot of C. lot of D. a lot3. A. dirty B. small C. busy D. quiet。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I。

A。

What's a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today," “ He has a green thumb," “He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary:Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences。

What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary,blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well。

And a white lie is not a bad one. Mary: W ould you give me an example for “a white lie? Mrs Smith: Certainly,now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it,but you won't say it. Instead,you say, “No,thanks, I'm not hungry。

” That's a white lie。

1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A。

good B。

spoken C. usual D. poor2。

I don’t have a green thumb,so all my plants____.A. die off B。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(答案)

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(答案)

- -- 人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie?Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. T om is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger- . -考试文档-8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth.A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We c an feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. I f the sounds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are. Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before thesun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.T oday people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’t need anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. T oday very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It’s difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If aperson wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China.( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own la nguage. T ake the sentence “How do you do?” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, one at a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrong sentence in your ownlanguage.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.” “Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.” “I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shou ldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Nowhe looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t mean they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. and end at about 11p.m. .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowe rs, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost. You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?” before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American p eople say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or American friends don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to ma ke friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. T oday C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his teamkicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. Whatcan you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot3. English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them ____.A. in a rainy morningB. in a sunny morningC. in a snowy morningD. A,B and C4. In England, which is not true?A. People can have four seasons in a dayB. The weather is warm in the morning and soon it will be cold in the dayC. People take an umbrella in the rainy morningD. If you don’t take an umbrella or raincoat, you will regret later in the day5. From the story we know that when ____come, there is a heavy rain.A. sun and snowB. black cloudsC. spring and autumnD. summer and winter。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)(20200820194015)

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)(20200820194015)

阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “Sh today,”“ He has a green thumb,”“He has told a white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher forhelp.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of thesesentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimesmeans sad. Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one.Mary: W ould you give me an example for “a white li Mrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In factyou don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD.poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD.are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD.afraid4. He didn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. Hetold me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD.answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best Way?What is the best way to learn a foreign language? We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language ineem so difficult. Think of what the __3__ way, it won’t sa small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it__5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D.doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D.doing6. A. for B. on C. about D.with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D.Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D.easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat themat the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the mancould not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasntelling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits? Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD.save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies hecan _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry breadeasily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some coldwaterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk andplay. From the time we are born air is around us on everyside. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go tobed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food orwater for a few days, b ut we can’t live for more than afew minutes _5_ air. We take in _6_. When we areworking or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep,we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only fee We can feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind.How can we make air _9_?Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel? _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D.with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’tD. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D.out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D.few8. A. least B. much C. no D.less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBats are the only flying mammals in the world. Theycan’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is inmany places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkestnights and finding their way around very well. How canbats fly and see at night? They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the onethat ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, hemakes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If thesou nds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears r the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat wherethe things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-timethey hang in some dark places. Some people have the batsas bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the batused for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able tosee wellC. not able to see wellD. lame inthe right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catchD. bring2. A. also B. neither C. tooD. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothesD. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing atD. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paperD. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changesD. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D.lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D.be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D.use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D.takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any otherAmerican city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. Morethan 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capitalcity of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia areall larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,D.C..The population of Washington is more than 700 000, butseveral cities have a larger population than that.Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities,but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of theD. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in1970.A. eighty thousandB. eightymillionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People Drink?Why do people drink? Often because they _1_, butthis can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they oftendrink while they sit and talk. Many English people donneed anyone else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say_7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirstyD. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. onlyD. alone3. A. shall B. must C. shouldD. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. themD. another5. A. drink B. eat C. tasteD. have6. A. during B. a C. toD. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say oftenD. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sellD. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. manyD. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the UnitedKingdom. This is a big population for such a smallcountry. But large parts of the country have few people.Most of the population is crowded into the big cities and industrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Todayvery few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London andthe south-east. London is now a city of about 7 millionpeople. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the southhave a very small population. Fewer than 3 million peoplelive in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population livein the industrial area in the south. There are only aboutone and a half million people in Northern Ireland, andone- third live in and around the big industrial city ofBelfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has manypeopleC. has a small populationD. is a smallcountry without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC.crowded D. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city ofthe United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one partof the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English? It difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart intoit.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselvesD. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few ofD. little of3. A. of B. with C. onD. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answeredD. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctorsD. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lotD. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’reD. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorterD. higher9. A. near B. at C. onD. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are writtenD. is written11. A. in B. with C. onD. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busyD. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothingD. some14. A. in B. on C. overD. of15. A. keep B. put C. takeD. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the leftside of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, hemust be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has tostop and look to the right first and then the left. While inChina, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how totake buses and underground trains. The most importantof all, they must know in which direction they are goingand which bus and which understand train they shouldtake. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses tocome. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay fortheir fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of thestreet as we do in China.( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in Englanddo not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors mustmake sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t h for their tickets at once.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should”buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody_5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one._9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looksat3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D.many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D.puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.When you are learning English, you find it not clever toput an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do?” a example. If you look up each word in the dictionary, oneat a time, what is your translation? It must be a wrongsentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they areer thedifferent in many ways. It’s important to mastrules for word order in the study of English, too. If thespeakers put words in a wrong order, the listener canunderstand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence ischanged, the meaning of the sentence changes. Butsometimes the order is changed, the meaning of thesentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.”“Only she likes apples.“I have seen the film already.”“I have already the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your bestto get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we arelearning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changeswith the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning ofan English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a differentmeaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of thesentence must be different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like5. Which is the best title for this passage?A. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, theriver is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and’t look _5_ plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesnhis parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects– a lotof bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D.over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D.like6. A. no B. not C. not some D.no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D.baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D.the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D.eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friendsto a meal at home. You should not be upset if yourEnglish friends don’t invite you home. It doesnmean they don’t like you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 p.m. andend at about 11 p.m. .Ask your hosts what time youshould arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, abook or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite? Say how much you likethe room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember –not to ask how much things cost.ng You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or somethismall as a “starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coffee.It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to takemore if you want it. Some people eat bread with theirmeal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke?” b they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening? Call your hosts the nextday, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Pe it seems funny to you, but English and American peoplesay “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the tim 1. If your English or American friends don’t invit dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherake friends with youC. it shows they don’t want to mD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food onyour plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is____.A. desert—meat—or fish withvegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not right?A. In England or America, it usually takes more thanthree hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you canarrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letyour hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yell?A. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play again?A. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite month?B: My favourite month is _2_.A: Why?B: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I t hink it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ you?A: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D.like4. A. out B. open C. close D.nice5. A. good B. better C. best D.bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D.hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D.to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During thisholiday, students often travel or have summer work.Some students take courses in summer schools. Maryspent her last summer in a summer school. She studiedtwo courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Maryfriend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during thesummer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made alot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going tothe university next year. He needs money for theuniversity tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’sfriendC. a gasoline stationD. an Americancity4. What did Peter do last summer?A. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_? Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel? What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. tocome5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练附含

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练附含

人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练 I. A.What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on. Andshe went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What dothey meanMrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes meanssad. Yellow ⋯afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lieis not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an example for“a white lieMrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say,“No, thanks, I’m not hungry. ” That ’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He didn ’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best WayWhat is the best way to learn a foreign language Weall remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of whata small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitatewhat it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it.In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time.__9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more__10__ than before.1.A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2.A. the B. a C. an D. /3.A. other B. same C. different D. easy4.A. does B. do C. did D. doing5.A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6.A. for B. on C. about D. with7.A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8.A. in B. all C. for D. on9.A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练 II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice.Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may takeaway our appetite.It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A longtime ago, in England,some judges used to decide whether a man was tellingtruth by giving h im some dry bread. If the mancould not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn ’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Althoughthis seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way offinding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something haddifficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, heloses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Whydo you want to develop good eating habits Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From thetime we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, itis around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air.All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a fewdays, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We takein _6_. Whenwe are working or running we need _7_ air. Whenwe are asleep, we need _8_ air.it Welive in air, but we can’t see it. Wecan only feel it . Wecan feel when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. Howcan we make air _9_Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Closeit quickly. What can you feel _10_ you feel is air.1.A. as B. after C. because D. since2.A. under B. in C. below D. with3.A. live B. living C. alive D. with4.A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5.A. out of B. with C. without D. out6.A. water B. air C. food D. wind7.A. more B. most C. many D. few8.A. least B. much C. no D. less9.A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练 III.A. BatsIt Bats are the only was long believed,flying mammalsinand still is inthe world. They can’tmany places, that allsee very well.bats are blind.“Blindas a bat ” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can batsfly and see at night They fly by radar!The bat ’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships andplanes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is toohigh for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they come back. Thebat ’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell thebat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in somedark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wings C. a blind manD.tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fish B. the radarthe bat used forD. a beastplaying table3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4.Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A.they have very poor sightB.they have a kind of radar system to help themC.they have to look for foodD.they can see things in the dark nights5.Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD.after sun sets and beforesun risestheB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering topeople. Fire can heatwater, warm your house, give light and cook food.But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimeslike _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. Onematch can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. Weshould alsolearn how to put out fires.Cover a fire_9_ water,sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1.A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2.A. also B. neither C. too D. either3.A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4.A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5.A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper ofpiece6.A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7.A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B.careful of C.be careful D.be careful with9.A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练 IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 peoplelived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation ’s capital city, Washington,.. The population of Washington ismore than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that. Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is onlythe ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. NewYorkB.PhiladelphiaC.ChicagoD.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. allC. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredWashington D. C.B. Why do People DrinkWhy do people drink Often because they _1_, but this can_2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, whenfriends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English’t be thepeople don’t a day even ifneed anyone else,they are alone. Inthey often_5_ a drinkmost countries peopleseveraltimes _6_say _7_ when theydrink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are manyplaces where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1.A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. arethirst2.A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3.A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4.A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5.A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6.A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often sayB. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. boughtB. givenC. sell D. sent10. A. muchB. plenty of C. many D. many of训练 V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a bigpopulation for such a small country.But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities andindustrial areas. About 90%of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people–less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east.London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 millionlive in the middle part.Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very smallpopulation. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland,most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. Thereare only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, andone- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC.has a small populationD.is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the nameof a countryB.a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the UnitedKingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English.Somelearn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Whydo all these people want to learn English It’s difficult_4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of theirsubjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work.Many students often learn English for their_8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is_13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1.A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2.A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3.A. of B. with C. on D. in4.A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5.A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6.A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7.A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8.A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10.A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11.A. in B. with C. on D. from12.A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13.A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14.A. in B. on C. over D. of15.A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练 VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before hecresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and thenthe left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train theyshould take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come.As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.in which 依据短文内容,判断以下句子正(T)误( F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we doin China.( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not lookto the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. Whenthey take a bus in England, visitors must make suredirection it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for theirtickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him andsays to him,“ Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ yourcoat is!”But Einstein answers, “ It doesn ’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here. ” After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still_7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says,“I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here. ”1.A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2.A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3.A. clean B. long C. new D. old4.A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5.A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6.A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7.A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8.A. good B. new C. big D. old9.A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练 VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence,word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence“How do you do ” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictionary,one at a time, what is your translation It must be a wrong sentencein your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the studyof English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker ’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the orderof words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of thesentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn ’t change. Let ’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.” “Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.” “I have already seen the film.”When you are learning English, you must do your best to get thespirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1.From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn ’t put every word into own languageB.we should look up every word in the dictionaryC.we need to put every word into our own languageD.we must read word by word2.The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A.difficult to understand different soundsB.possible to remember the word orderC.important to master the rules in different waysD.easy to master the rules for word order3.We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order ofthe wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different,the meaning of the sentence mustbe different4. “She only likes apples.”_______.A. is the same as“Only she likes apples.”B . is different from“Only she likes apples.”C. means“She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5.Which is the best title for this passageA.Different Orders, Different MeaningsB.How to Speak EnglishC.How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD.How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his_2_. He doesn ’t _3_ his parents, buthe has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’ t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail.So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has_9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then heis going to _10_ a lot of insects–a lot of bad insects.1.A. in B. on C. near D. over2.A. house B. home C. family D. school3.A. knows B. know C. see D. like4.A. in B. before C. with D. behind5.A. likes B. as C. for D. like6.A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7.A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8.A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9.A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. haveC. drink D. eat训练 VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal athome. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite youhome. It doesn Dinner parties ’t mean they don’t like you.usually start between 7 and 8 .and end at about 11 . .Askyour hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers,chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite Say how much you like the room, or thepictures on the wall. But remember–not to ask how much things cost.You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a“starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and thena dessert, f ollowed by coffee. It ’s polite to finish everything plate and totake more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.on yourMost people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke” before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening Call your hosts the next day, or write thema short“thank you”letter.Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you. ”all the time.1. If your English or American frie nds don’t invite you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go toyour friend’s home,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not rightA. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party,you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn ’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You ’d better write a short “thank you ” letter to your hosts or give thema call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks_6_, but Kate doesn’t like it,she likes Chinese._7_ Joan wasn’tat school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s hometo help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1.A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2.A. on B. at C. in D. to3.A. park B. school C. here D. home4.A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5.A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6.A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7.A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8.A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9.A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练 IX.A.In almost every big university in the USAfootball is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball,but they also throw the ball and run with it.They try to take it to the other end of the field.They have four chances to movethe ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field,they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try tostop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards,his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people cometo watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women calledcheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It mayplay another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, thefirst day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games andmany others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry theball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3.Who are dancing and jumping while they yellA.The cheerleadersB.All those who are watching the gameC.The winnersD.The players of both sides4.Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play againA. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year ’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A:_1_ is your favourite monthB:My favourite month is _2_.A:WhyB: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. Weoften makesnowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ youA:I _7_ it. It ’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often goswimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1.A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2.A. December B. March C. May D. September3.A. don ’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4.A. out B. open C. close D. nice5.A. good B. better C. best D. bad6.A. are B. about C. of D. for7.A. like B. don’ t like C. have D. not like8.A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9.A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练 X.A.Most American school students have a long summerholiday.It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel orhave summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Maryspent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses andshe traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station duringthe summer. He sold gasoline and mendedcars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1.In America, from June to September ____.A.most school students take courses in universitiesB.all school students are still at schoolC.more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2.Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. universitystudent3.Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summer schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4.What did Peter do last summerA.He worked at a gasoline stationB.He traveled with his familyC.He studied in a summer schoolD.He visited some interesting places5.Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn ’t need to pay for anythingB.his parents asked him to do soC.he needed money for his summer workD.he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we wereborn, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’ t live _6_ air. We cango without food or water for _7_ days, but we can ’t live without air. Whenwe are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air,but we can’t_9_ it.Wecan only_10_ it.Wecan feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_ Here is one way.Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_.What can you feel What you feel is the air.1.A. with B. by C. around D. over2.A. because B. if C. when D. but3.A. each B. both C. every D. all4.A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5.A. want B. need C. get D. take6.A. with B. no C. not D. without7.A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8.A. less B. much C. many D. more9.A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10.A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11.A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12.A. move B. run C. walk D. go13.A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练 XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weathergets a littercold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summersometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usuallytake an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you。

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级英语阅读理解与完型填空训练(附答案)

人教版七年级阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I。

A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today," “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on。

And she went to her teacher for help。

Mary:Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs Smith: In everyday English,Mary,blue sometimes means sad。

Yellow… afraid。

A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one。

Mary: Would you give me an example for “a white lie?Mrs Smith:Certainly,now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it,but you won’t say it. Instead, you say,“No, thanks,I’m not hungry。

" That’s a white lie。

1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English。

A. good B。

spoken C. usual D. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A。

die off B. grow well C。

  1. 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性,平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
  2. 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
  3. 3、如文档侵犯您的权益,请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间:9:00-18:30)。

阅读理解与完型填空训练训练I.A. What’s a White lieMary did not understand such sentences as “She is blue today,” “ He has a green thumb,” “He has told a little white lie” and so on. And she went to her teacher for help.Mary: Mrs Smith, there is a colour in each of these sentences. What do they meanMrs Smith: In everyday English, Mary, blue sometimes means sad. Yellow… afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants well. And a white lie is not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an exampl e for “a white lieMrs Smith: Certainly, now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, but you won’t say it. Instead, you say, “No, thanks, I’m not hungry.” That’s a white lie.1. Blue sometimes means sad in ____English.A. goodB. spokenC. usualD. poor2. I don’t have a green thumb, so all my plants____.A. die offB. grow wellC. look niceD. are good3. Tom is ____to climb the tree. He is yellow.A. happyB. cleverC. gladD. afraid4. He di dn’t like me to know the ____of the accident. He told me a white lie.A. reasonB. true storyC. meaningD. answer5. He is ____today because his father is ill.A. blueB. yellowC. greenD. whiteB. What Is the Best WayWhat is the best way to learn a foreign language We all remember that we learnt __1__ language well when were children. If we can learn __2__ second language in the __3__ way, it won’t seem so difficult. Think of what a small child __4__. It listens to what people say and it __5__ to imitate what it hears. When it wants something, it has to ask __6__ it. In __7__, it is using the language. It is talking in it __8__ the time. __9__ people use a second language like this, they will learn it more __10__ than before.1. A. ourselves B. own C. our own D. ours2. A. the B. a C. an D. /3. A. other B. same C. different D. easy4. A. does B. do C. did D. doing5. A. want B. tries C. needed D. doing6. A. for B. on C. about D. with7. A. time B. trouble C. fact D. danger8. A. in B. all C. for D. on9. A. Whether B. Before C. If D. Until10. A. best B. quickly C. slowly D. easy训练II.A. Eating Habits and HealthOur eating habits are very important for good health and a strong body. There are times when most of us would rather eat sweets and ice-cream than meat and rice. Sweets and ice-cream are not bad for the stomach if we eat them at the end of the meal. If we eat them before a meal, they may take away our appetite. It is important for us to eat our meal at the same time each day. When we feel angry or excited, we may not want to eat. A long time ago, in England, some judges used to decide whether a man was telling truth by giving him some dry bread. If the man could not swallow the bread, it was sign that he wasn’t telling the truth. He was telling lies. Although this seems very strange and foolish, it is indeed an excellent way of finding out the truth. A man who is worrying about something had difficulty in swallowing anything dry. Because when he is worrying, he loses his appetite and does not want to eat.1. Why do you want to develop good eating habits Because we want to ____.A. be healthyB. be happyC. eat moreD. save time2. It is good to eat sweets and ice-cream ____.A. after the mealB. before the mealC. when we want toD. when we are hungry3. We had better have our meals ____.A. at any time each dayB. at regular time each dayC. when our work is overD. when the meal is ready4. According to judges in old England, if a man tells lies he can _____.A. drink milk or wineB. eat a lot of dry breadC. hardly eat dry breadD. swallow dry bread easily5. A man who is angry has ____.A. a better appetiteB. a liking for ice-creamC. a poor appetiteD. to drink some cold waterB. About AirAir is all around us. It is around us _1_ we walk and play. From the time we are born air is around us on every side. When we sit down, it is around us. When we go to bed, air is also around us. We live _2_ air. All _3_ things need air. We _4_ live without food or water for a few days, but we can’t live for more than a few minutes _5_ air. We takein _6_. When we are working or running we need _7_ air. When we are asleep, we need _8_ air.We live in air, but we can’t see it. We can only feel it. We can feel it when it is moving. Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _9_ Here is one way. Hold an open book in front of your face. Close it quickly. What can you feel _10_ you feel is air.1. A. as B. after C. because D. since2. A. under B. in C. below D. with3. A. live B. living C. alive D. with4. A. can B. won’t C. can’t D. lively5. A. out of B. with C. without D. out6. A. water B. air C. food D. wind7. A. more B. most C. many D. few8. A. least B. much C. no D. less9. A. more B. to move C. moving D. moved10. A. What B. That C. Where D. Which训练III.A. BatsBat s are the only flying mammals in the world. They can’t see very well. It was long believed, and still is in many places, that all bats are blind. “Blind as a bat” is often heard. Yet they have no trouble flying on the darkest nights and finding their way around very well. How can bats fly and see at night They fly by radar!The bat’s radar system works the same way as the one that ships and planes use. As a bat flies through the air, he makes a sound that is too high for our ears to hear. If the sounds hit things they come back. The bat’s ears receive the messages. In this way they are able to tell the bat where the things are.Bats go out to look for food at night. In the day-time they hang in some dark places. Some people have the bats as bad animals. In fact, they are useful animals.1. The article tells us about ____.A. the bat like a mouse with wingsB. the radarC. a blind manD. the bat used for playing table tennis2. The bat is ____.A. an animalB. a birdC. a fishD. a beast3. “As blind as a bat” means a person who is ____.A. blind in the lift eyeB. able to see wellC. not able to see wellD. lame in the right foot4. Bats have no trouble flying on the darkest night because ____.A. they have very poor sightB. they have a kind of radar system to help themC. they have to look for foodD. they can see things in the dark nights5. Bats go out to look for food ____.A. at noonB. in the afternoonC. during the day-timeD. after sun sets and before the sun risesB. About FireFire can help people in many ways. But it can also _1_ suffering to people. Fire can heat water, warm your house, give light and cook food. But fire can burn things, _2_.Today people know how to make _3_ with matches. Children sometimes like _4_ them. But matches can be very dangerous. One match can burn _5_, and then it might burn a house. A small fire can _6_ a big fire very fast. Fires kill _7_ people every year. So we must _8_ matches. We should also learn how to put out fires. Cover a fire _9_ water, sand or a wet quilt. This _10_ the air away from a fire and kills it.1. A. take B. carry C. catch D. bring2. A. also B. neither C. too D. either3. A. a fire B. a house C. clothes D. food4. A. playing B. to play C. playing at D. to play with5. A. a paper B. piece paper C. a piece of paper D. a paper of piece6. A. become B. turn C. changes D. got7. A. much B. plenty C. many D. lots8. A. careful B. careful of C. be careful D. be careful with9. A. in B. with C. by D. use10. A, keeps B. stops C. makes D. takes训练IV.A. The Four Largest CitiesNew York has a larger population than any other American city. In 1970, its population was about 8 000 000.Chicago has the second largest population. More than 3 000 000 people lived in Chicago in 1970.The third largest city is Los Angeles with a population of 2 810 000. Philadelphia is the fourth largest city. More than 2 000 000 people live in Philadelphia, a first capital city of the United States.New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and Philadelphia are all larger than the nation’s capital city, Washington,.. The population of Washington is more than 700 000, but several cities have a larger population than that.Washington is one of the most beautiful American cities, but it is only the ninth city in size.1. New York has ____ population in the United States.A. the second largestB. a largerC. the largestD. more2. Los Angeles is the third largest American city in ____.A. sizeB. populationC. buildingsD. shops3. ____ is the capital of the United States.A. New YorkB. PhiladelphiaC. ChicagoD. Washington D. C.4. Washington is more beautiful than ____ American cities.A, most of the B. all C. some of the D. only a few5. There were about ____ people living in New York in 1970.A. eighty thousandB. eighty millionC. eight millionD. eighty hundredB. Why do People DrinkWhy do people drink Often because they _1_, but this can’t be the _2_ reason, there _3_ be other reasons, too. In many countries, when friends see _4_ they often drink while they sit and talk. Many English people don’t need anyo ne else, they often _5_ a drink several times _6_ a day even if they are alone. In most countries people say _7_ when they drink together. The English _8_ “Cheers”. In every country there are many places where drinks can be _9_. Since there are so _10_ these places it seems that many people drink more often than they really need to.1. A. have thirsty B. have thirst C. are thirsty D. are thirst2. A. lonely B. single C. only D. alone3. A. shall B. must C. should D. ought4. A. each other B. themselves C. them D. another5. A. drink B. eat C. taste D. have6. A. during B. a C. to D. by7. A. something specially B. something specialC. specially somethingD. special something8. A. often say B. often says C. say often D. says often9. A. bought B. given C. sell D. sent10. A. much B. plenty of C. many D. many of训练V.A. PopulationThere are about 56 million people in the United Kingdom. This is a big population for such a small country. But large parts of the country have few people. Most of the population is crowded into the big cities andindustrial areas. About 90% of the people live in cities and towns. Only about 10% live in the countryside. Today very few people – less than 2% of the population ---- are farmers and farm workers.England has the most people. About 46 million live in England. Of these, about 14 million live in London and the south-east. London is now a city of about 7 million people. Most of Scotland’s population of 5 million live in the middle part. Here are the cities and towns of the industrial area. The mountains in the north and the south have a very small population. Fewer than 3 million people live in Wales. Like Scotland, most of the population live in the industrial area in the south. There are only about one and a half million people in Northern Ireland, and one- third live in and around the big industrial city of Belfast.1. The United Kingdom ____.A. is a large countryB. has many peopleC. has a small populationD. is a small country without many people2. Most of the people live ____.A. in cities and townsB. in the countrysideC. in every part of the countryD. near rivers3. London is a ____ city.A. quietB. smallC. crowdedD. new4. Scotland is the ____ largest in population in the United kingdom.A. firstB. secondC. thirdD. fourth5. Northern Ireland is ____.A. the name of a countryB. a small city of the United KingdomC. a country with a smaller populationD. one part of the United KingdomB. Why to learn EnglishPeople in many countries are learning English. Some learn at school, others study by _1_. A _2_ learn English _3_ the radio.Why do all these people want to learn English It’s difficult _4_ that question. Many _5_ learn English at school because it is one of their subjects. _6_ people learn English because _7_ useful for their work. Many students often learn English for their _8_ studies because _9_ the college some of their books _10_ _11_ English.It is not _12_ to learn a foreign language. But there is _13_ difficult _14_ the world if you _15_ your heart into it.1. A. himself B. oneself C. themselves D. ourselves2. A. few B. little C. few of D. little of3. A. of B. with C. on D. in4. A. answer B. answering C. answered D. to answer5. A. workers B. boys and girls C. doctors D. scientists6. A. Some B. Much C. A lot D. A little7. A. it’s B. its C. they’re D. their8. A. lower B. longer C. shorter D. higher9. A. near B. at C. on D. in front of10. A. write B. wrote C. are written D. is written11. A. in B. with C. on D. from12. A. free B. difficult C. busy D. easy13. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. some14. A. in B. on C. over D. of15. A. keep B. put C. take D. bring训练VI.A.In Britain, cars, buses and bikes must keep to the left side of the street. If a person wants to cross a street, he must be very careful. Before he cresses a street, he has to stop and look to the right first and then the left. While in China, we look to the left instead.When visitors are in London, they should learn how to take buses and underground trains. The most important of all, they must know in which direction they are going and which bus and which understand train they should take. At the bus stop they should wait for their buses to come. As soon as they get on a bus, they must pay for their fares.根据短文内容,判断下列句子正(T)误(F)( ) 1. In England, people go alone the left side of the street as we do in China.( ) 2. When they want to cross a street, people in England do not look to the left first.( ) 3. Visitors in London should learn to drive buses.( ) 4. When they take a bus in England, visitors must make sure in which direction it is going.( ) 5. After they get on a bus, visitors don’t have to pay for their tickets at once.B.One day Einstein _1_ in the street in New York. His friend _2_ him and says to him, “Einstein, you should buy a new coat. Look, how _3_ your coat is!”But Einstein answers, “It doesn’t _4_. Nobody _5_ me here.”After a _6_ years Einstein becomes a famous scientist. But he still _7_ the old coat.His friend meets him again and asks him to buy a _8_ one.But Ensteins says, “I needn’t buy a new one. _9_knows _10_ here.”1. A. is walking B. walk C. is reading D. read2. A. is meeting B. meets C. see D. looks at3. A. clean B. long C. new D. old4. A. thing B. meet C. matter D. well5. A. know B. knows C. ask D. asks6. A. lot B. litter C. few D. many7. A. put on B. wear C, wears D. puts on8. A. good B. new C. big D. old9. A. Every B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody10. A. you B. I C. me D. us训练VII.A.When you are learning English, you find it not clever to put an English sentence, word for word, into your own language. Take the sentence “How do you do” as an example. If you look up each word in the dictiona ry, one at a time, what is your translation It must be a wrong sentence in your own language.Language do not just have different sounds, they are different in many ways. It’s important to master the rules for word order in the study of English, too. If the speakers put words in a wrong order, the listener can’t understand the speaker’s sentence easily. Sometimes when the order of words in an English sentence is changed, the meaning of the sentence changes. But sometimes the order is changed, the meaning of the sentence doesn’t change. Let’s see the difference between the two sentences.“She only likes apples.” “Only she likes apples.”“I have seen the film already.” “I have already seen the film.” When you are learning English, you must do your best to get the spirit of the language and use it as the English speakers does.1. From the passage, we know that ____ when we are learning English.A. we shouldn’t put every word into own languageB. we should look up every word in the dictionaryC. we need to put every word into our own languageD. we must read word by word2. The writer thinks it is ____ in learning English.A. difficult to understand different soundsB. possible to remember the word orderC. important to master the rules in different waysD. easy to master the rules for word order3. We can learn from the passage that ____.A. the meaning of an English sentence always changes with the order of the wordsB. the order of words can never change the meaning of an English sentenceC. Sometimes different order of words has a different meaningD. if the order of words is different, the meaning of the sentence mustbe different4. “She only likes apples.” _______.A. is the same as “Only she likes apples.”B. is different from “Only she likes apples.”C. means “She likes fruit except apples.”D. means “She doesn’t like apples.”5. Which is the best title for this passageA. Different Orders, Different MeaningsB. How to Speak EnglishC. How to Put English into Our Own LanguageD. How to learn EnglishB.A frog is born _1_ a small river. When he is young, the river is his _2_. He doesn’t _3_ his parents, but he has many brothers and sisters. He swims here and there and plays _4_ them all day. At that time, he doesn’t look _5_ his parents. He has _6_legs, but he has a long tail. So he looks like a _7_. Then his tail gets shorter and _8_. And he has _9_ legs and a very short tail. Now he looks like his parents. Then he is going to _10_ a lot of insects – a lot of bad insects.1. A. in B. on C. near D. over2. A. house B. home C. family D. school3. A. knows B. know C. see D. like4. A. in B. before C. with D. behind5. A. likes B. as C. for D. like6. A. no B. not C. not some D. no any7. A. fish B. frog C. insect D. baby8. A. short B. shorter C. shortest D. the shortest9. A. two B. four C. six D. eight10. A. eating B. have C. drink D. eat训练VIII.A.Some English and American people like to invite friends to a meal at home. You should not be upset if your English friends don’t invite you home. It doesn’t mean they don’t li ke you.Dinner parties usually start between 7 and 8 . and end at about 11 . .Ask your hosts what time you should arrive. It’s polite to bring flowers, chocolates, a book or a bottle of wine as a present.Do you want to be pretty polite Say how much you like the room, or the pictures on the wall. But remember – not to ask how much things cost. You’ll probably start the meal with soup, or something small as a“starter”, then you’ll have meat or fish with vegetables, and then a dessert, followed by coff ee. It’s polite to finish everything on your plate and to take more if you want it. Some people eat bread with their meal, but not everyone does.Most people ask “ Do you mind if I smoke” before they take out their cigarettes after the meal.Did you enjoy the evening Call your hosts the next day, or write them a short “thank you” letter. Perhaps it seems funny to you, but English and American people say “thank you, thank you, thank you.” all the time.1. If your English or American friends don’t invit e you to dinner t home, ____.A. it shows they don’t like youB. it shows they have no time to get togetherC. it shows they don’t want to make friends with youD. it doesn’t show they don’t like you2. When you are invited to go to your friend’s h ome,____.A. you shouldn’t take anything with youB. you may go at any timeC. you must take an expensive present with youD. you may take a small present with you3. In England and America, it’s not polite to ____.A. ask the price of thingB. eat all food on your plateC. talk to your hostsD. eat too fast4. In the passage, the order of the serving of a meal is ____.A. desert—meat—or fish with vegetables—coffee—soupB. coffee—soup—desert—meat or fish with vegetablesC. soup—meat or fish with vegetable—desert—coffeeD. meat or fish with vegetables—dessert—soup—coffee5. Which is not rightA. In England or America, it usually takes more than three hours to have a dinner party at home.B. If you are invited to go to a dinner party, you can’t arrive before the time.C. You mustn’t smoke after a meal when you are with some English or American people.D. You’d better write a short “thank you” letter to your hosts or give them a call if you want to be pretty polite.B.Joan and Kate are good _1_. They live _2_ the same floor. Every morning they go to _3_ together. Joan is fifteen years old, and Kate is one year _4_ than Joan. Sometimes they go to school by bus, sometime on _5_. Joan liks _6_, but Kate doesn’t like it, she likes Chinese. _7_ Joan wasn’t at school. She was _8_ in bed. In the evening Mike _9_ at Joan’s home to help her. Now Joan _10_ better, she is at school again.1. A. teachers B. friend C. friends D. boys2. A. on B. at C. in D. to3. A. park B. school C. here D. home4. A. older B. old C. elder D. oldest5. A. bike B. foot C. train D. bus6. A. English B. sing C. draw D. flowers7. A. Now B. Today C. Yesterday D. This time8. A. bad B. ill C. good D. well9. A, is B. are C. were D. was10. A. feel B. to feel C. is feeling D. was训练IX.A.In almost every big university in the USA football is a favorite sport. American football is not like soccer. Players sometimes kick the ball, but they also throw the ball and run with it. They try to take it to the other end of the field. They have four chances to move the ball ten yards. They can carry it or thro it. If they move it to the end of the field, they receive six points. This is called a touchown.It is difficult to move the ball. Eleven men on the other team try to stop the man who has the ball. If the man does move the ball ten yards, his team kicks the ball to the other team.Each university wants its team to win. Thousands of people come to watch. They all yell for their favorite team. Young men and women called cheerleaders come on the field to help the people yell more. They dance and jump while they yell.Each team plays ten or eleven games each season. The season begins in September and ends in November. If a team is very good. It may play another game after the season ends. The best teams play again on January 1, the first day of the New Year. Many people go to see these games and many others watch them on television.1. In American football players can _____.A. only kick the ballB. only throw the ballC. only carry the ballD. kick, throw and carry the ball2. If a team wants to get points, it has to move the ball ____.A. 10 yardsB. to the other endC. 40 yardsD. away from its own end3. Who are dancing and jumping while they yellA. The cheerleadersB. All those who are watching the gameC. The winnersD. The players of both sides4. Most teams play games in _____.A. springB. summerC. autumnD. winter5. When do the best team play againA. At ChristmasB. Before the season endsC. On New Year’s DayD. On the last day of the seasonB.A: _1_ is your favourite monthB: My favourite month is _2_.A: WhyB: Because it often snows. I _3_ snow very much. We often make snowmen in the _4_ air. So I think it’s the _5_ month. What _6_ youA: I _7_ it. It’s too _8_. I think the best month is _9_. I often go swimming _10_ my parents. We usually have a good time.1. A. What B. When C. Which D. What time2. A. December B. March C. May D. September3. A. don’t like B. to like C. liked D. like4. A. out B. open C. close D. nice5. A. good B. better C. best D. bad6. A. are B. about C. of D. for7. A. like B. don’t like C. have D. not like8. A. good B. bad C. cold D. hot9. A. January B. April C. February D. July10. A. and B. with C. like D. to训练X.A.Most American school students have a long summer holiday. It is usually from June to September. During this holiday, students often travel or have summer work. Some students take courses in summer schools. Mary spent her last summer in a summer school. She studied two courses and she traveled with her family. They saw interesting places near their home in Seattle. Mary’s friend, Peter, worked at a gasoline station during the summer. He sold gasoline and mended cars. He made a lot of money and saved nearly all of it. Peter is going to the university next year. He needs money for the university tuition.1. In America, from June to September ____.A. most school students take courses in universitiesB. all school students are still at schoolC. more school students stay at homeD. there are still lessons in summer schools2. Peter, one of Mary’s friends, will be a ____ next year.A. gasoline workerB. car menderC. school studentsD. university student3. Seattle is the name of ____.A. a summ er schoolB. Mary’s friendC. a gasoline stationD. an American city4. What did Peter do last summerA. He worked at a gasoline stationB. He traveled with his familyC. He studied in a summer schoolD. He visited some interesting places5. Peter saved nearly all of his money because_____.A. he didn’t need to pay for anythingB. his parents asked him to do soC. he needed money for his summer workD. he needed money for the university tuitionB.Air is all _1_ us. It’s around us _2_ we walk and play. From we were born, air is around us on _3_ side. When we sit down, it’s around us. When we _4_ to bed, air is also around us. We live in air.All living thing _5_ air. Living things can’t live _6_ air. We can go without food or water for _7_ days, but we can’t live without air. When we are working or running, we need _8_ air. When we are asleep, we need less air.We live in air, but we can’t _9_ it. We can only _10_ it. We can feel it when it is _11_.Moving air is called wind. How can we make air _12_ Here is one way. Hold an open book in your hands in front of your face. Close it _13_. What can you feel What you feel is the air.1. A. with B. by C. around D. over2. A. because B. if C. when D. but3. A. each B. both C. every D. all4. A. go B. to go C. come D. to come5. A. want B. need C. get D. take6. A. with B. no C. not D. without7. A. few B. a few C. little D. a little8. A. less B. much C. many D. more9. A. look B. see C. watch D. hear10. A. feel B. see C. hear D. want11. A. running B. walking C. going D. moving12. A. move B. run C. walk D. go13. A. quick B. fast C. quickly D. slowly训练XI.A.In English people can experience four seasons in one day. So they often talk about the weather. In the morning the weather is warm like in spring. After an hour black clouds come and then it rains heavily. The weather gets a litter cold. In the afternoon it will be sunny, the sun will begin to shine, and it will be summer at this time of day.In England, people can also have summer in winter, or have winter in summer. So in winter they can swim sometimes, and in summer sometimes they need to wear warm clothes.When you go to England, you will see that some English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them in the sunny morning, but you should not laugh at them. If you don’t take an umbrella or a raincoat, you will regret later in the day.1. In England people often talk about the ____.A. weatherB. seasonsC. springD. summer2. In English ____ in winter.A. it is always very coldB. people always wear warm clothesC. people can swim sometimesD. the weather is very hot3. English people usually take an umbrella or a raincoat with them ____.A. in a rainy morningB. in a sunny morningC. in a snowy morningD. A,B and C4. In England, which is not trueA. People can have four seasons in a dayB. The weather is warm in the morning and soon it will be cold in the dayC. People take an umbrella in the rainy morningD. If you don’t take an umbrel la or raincoat, you will regret later in the day5. From the story we know that when ____come, there is a heavy rain.A. sun and snowB. black cloudsC. spring and autumnD. summer and winterB.Welcome to Bridge Street. Bridge Street is a great place to enjoy _1_. There are _2_ stores and shops on it. It is a very _3_ street. If you want to _4_ you can go to the video arcade. It is _5_ from the big supermarket. There is also a new park _6_ the supermarket. It is _7_ and quiet. You can _8_ your lunch in it. If you want to see _9_ you can to go the movie house. It is _10_ the supermarket and the park.1. A. yourself B. yours C. your D. you2. A. a lots of B. a lot of C. lot of D. a lot。

相关文档
最新文档